1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
254 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
256 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
257 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
260 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
261 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
266 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
267 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
268 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
269 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
270 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
271 it's somewhat accurate. */
273 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
290 extern char **initial_argv
;
291 extern int initial_argc
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
295 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
297 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
303 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
305 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
307 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
309 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
310 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
311 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
316 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
317 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
319 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
320 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
321 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
322 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
323 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
324 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2486 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2499 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2501 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2503 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2504 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2506 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2509 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2512 /* Draw the foreground. */
2515 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2517 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2519 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2522 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2524 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2526 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2528 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2532 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2539 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2541 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2542 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2544 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2545 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2546 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2551 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2552 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2554 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2555 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2589 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2592 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2596 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2599 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2602 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2604 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2605 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2606 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2607 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2609 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2615 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2616 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2618 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2619 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2620 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2621 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2622 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2623 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2638 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2646 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2653 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2667 /* Draw underline. */
2668 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2673 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2674 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2677 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2678 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2679 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2680 specs, and its default is
2682 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2683 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2685 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2686 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2687 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2688 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2689 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2691 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2751 /* Reset clipping. */
2752 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2755 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2760 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2762 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2763 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2764 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2768 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2779 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2780 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2783 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2790 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2791 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2795 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2796 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2806 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2808 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2810 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2811 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2812 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2814 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2815 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2817 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2819 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2820 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2821 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2823 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2830 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2832 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2833 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2835 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2838 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2839 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2842 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2843 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2845 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2846 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2850 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2856 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2857 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2861 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2863 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2864 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2866 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2868 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2880 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2881 pixels into background pixels. */
2885 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2886 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2887 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2889 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2890 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2894 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2895 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2896 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2897 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2898 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2899 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2904 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2905 edge it is next to. */
2906 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2909 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2912 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2913 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2920 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2922 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2923 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2928 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (height
- flash_height
2933 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2937 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2940 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2945 struct timeval wakeup
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2949 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2950 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2951 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2952 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2954 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2956 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2958 struct timeval current
;
2959 struct timeval timeout
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2963 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2964 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2967 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2969 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2971 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2972 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2976 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2977 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2982 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (height
- flash_height
2987 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2996 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3007 /* Make audible bell. */
3012 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3016 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3023 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3024 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3031 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3032 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3033 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3034 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3037 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3040 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3045 /***********************************************************************
3047 ***********************************************************************/
3049 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3050 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3053 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3060 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3063 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3068 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3070 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3071 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3073 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3075 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3076 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3077 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3081 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3082 line at the bottom. */
3083 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3084 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3086 height
= run
->height
;
3090 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3092 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3093 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3095 height
= run
->height
;
3100 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3104 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3105 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3116 /***********************************************************************
3118 ***********************************************************************/
3125 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3126 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3127 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3128 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3130 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3133 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3151 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3152 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3153 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3154 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3155 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3158 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3160 struct frame
*frame
;
3162 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3164 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3166 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3167 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3168 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3170 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3171 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3174 selected_frame
= frame
;
3175 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3177 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3178 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3182 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3187 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3190 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3191 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3192 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3195 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3204 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3206 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3207 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3209 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3210 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3211 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3212 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3213 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3215 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3216 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3245 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3247 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3250 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3251 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3253 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3255 struct frame
*frame
;
3257 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3261 switch (event
->type
)
3266 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3268 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3270 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3271 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3272 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3273 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3275 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3281 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3282 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3283 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3284 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3290 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3293 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3296 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3299 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3300 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3301 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3303 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3304 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3305 the appropriate X display info. */
3308 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3315 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3320 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3323 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3324 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3325 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3326 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3328 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3329 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3338 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3339 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3340 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3346 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3348 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3350 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3353 int min_code
, max_code
;
3356 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3358 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3367 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3368 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3371 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3372 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3374 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3376 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3377 Alt keysyms are on. */
3379 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3380 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3382 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3384 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3385 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3387 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3389 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3393 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3397 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3399 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3405 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3406 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3418 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3420 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3426 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3427 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3428 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3432 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3433 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3434 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3435 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3436 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3596 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3597 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3598 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3601 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3602 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3603 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3604 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3605 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3607 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3608 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3609 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3610 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3611 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3616 /************************************************************************
3618 ************************************************************************/
3621 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3623 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3624 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3625 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3626 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3627 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3632 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3633 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3635 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3636 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3637 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3638 position on the scroll bar.
3640 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3641 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3644 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3645 was at this position.
3647 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3649 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3653 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3656 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3657 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3659 unsigned long *time
;
3665 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3666 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3672 Window dummy_window
;
3675 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3677 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3678 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3679 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3680 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3682 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3684 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3685 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3686 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3688 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3691 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3692 a different screen. */
3695 /* The position on that root window. */
3698 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3701 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3703 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3705 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3706 containing the pointer. */
3710 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3715 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3716 structure is changing at the same time this function
3717 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3719 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3721 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3722 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3724 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3725 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3726 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3728 /* From-window, to-window. */
3729 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3731 /* From-position, to-position. */
3732 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3736 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3742 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3744 /* From-window, to-window. */
3747 /* From-position, to-position. */
3748 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3753 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3761 /* Now we know that:
3762 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3763 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3764 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3765 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3766 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3767 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3768 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3769 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3770 never use them in that case.) */
3772 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3773 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3775 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3776 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3779 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3780 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3782 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3785 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3788 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3790 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3793 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3795 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3799 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3805 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3806 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3810 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3811 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3812 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3813 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3814 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3815 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3816 the frame are divided into. */
3818 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3823 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3824 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3825 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3835 /***********************************************************************
3837 ***********************************************************************/
3839 /* Scroll bar support. */
3841 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3843 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3846 static struct scroll_bar
*
3847 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3853 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3854 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3855 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3857 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3858 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3861 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3863 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3864 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3865 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3868 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3870 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3871 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3872 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3873 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3874 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3877 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3878 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3879 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3880 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3887 #if defined USE_LUCID
3889 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3890 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3893 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3898 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3899 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3902 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3903 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3905 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3912 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3915 /************************************************************************
3917 ************************************************************************/
3919 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3921 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3922 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3923 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3924 struct scroll_bar
*));
3925 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3929 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3930 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3932 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3934 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3936 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3938 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3939 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3942 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3944 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3946 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3948 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3949 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3950 to avoid jerkyness. */
3952 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3954 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3955 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3956 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3957 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3960 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3963 XtPointer client_data
;
3967 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3973 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3974 end_action
= "Release";
3975 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3976 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3977 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3978 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3981 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3982 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3986 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3987 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3988 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
3990 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
3992 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
3993 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
3994 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
3996 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
3997 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
3999 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4000 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4003 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4005 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4006 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4008 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4009 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4012 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4013 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4014 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4015 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4018 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4020 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4023 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4024 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4025 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4030 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4031 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4032 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4033 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4034 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4037 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4038 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4039 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4040 into that array in the event. */
4041 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4042 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4045 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4047 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4048 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4049 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4051 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4053 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4054 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4057 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4058 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4059 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4060 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4061 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4062 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4064 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4065 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4067 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4068 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4069 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4070 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4075 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4079 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4081 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4083 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4088 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4089 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4091 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4092 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4094 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4095 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4098 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4100 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4102 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4103 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4104 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4105 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4106 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4112 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4114 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4117 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4118 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4119 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4122 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4124 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4126 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4127 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4128 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4132 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4133 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4134 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4137 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4138 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4139 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4142 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4143 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4144 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4147 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4148 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4149 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4153 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4154 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4157 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4158 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4159 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4166 /* Get the slider size. */
4168 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4171 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4172 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4173 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4174 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4178 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4184 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4185 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4186 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4191 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4193 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4194 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4197 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4201 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4207 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4208 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4210 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4212 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4215 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4217 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4223 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4225 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4227 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4229 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4230 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4232 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4234 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4235 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4237 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4239 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4240 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4242 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4244 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4245 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4249 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4250 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4251 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4252 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4257 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4258 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4259 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4263 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4265 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4266 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4267 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4271 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4273 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4275 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4276 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4278 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4281 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4283 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4287 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4289 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4290 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4291 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4292 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4293 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4295 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4297 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4299 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4300 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4301 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4302 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4306 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4307 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4308 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4309 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4310 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4311 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4312 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4315 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4317 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4319 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4320 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4321 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4325 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4327 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4330 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4331 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4333 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4334 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4335 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4336 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4338 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4340 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4341 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4342 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4343 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4346 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4347 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4349 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4351 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4352 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4356 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4358 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4360 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4363 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4368 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4371 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4373 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4379 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4380 unsigned long pixel
;
4385 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4386 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4387 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4388 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4389 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4390 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4391 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4392 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4394 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4397 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4401 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4404 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4408 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4409 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4411 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4412 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4414 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4416 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4418 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4420 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4422 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4427 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4428 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4430 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4431 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4432 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4433 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4435 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4437 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4438 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4439 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4440 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4441 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4442 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4443 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4444 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4446 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4449 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4453 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4456 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4460 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4462 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4465 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4466 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4467 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4469 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4471 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4473 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4474 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4475 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4477 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4480 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4481 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4483 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4484 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4485 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4487 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4491 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4492 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4493 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4495 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4497 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4500 /* Specify the colors. */
4501 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4504 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4507 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4510 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4516 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4517 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4521 char *val
= initial
;
4522 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4523 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4524 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4526 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4527 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4528 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4529 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4530 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4531 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4535 /* Define callbacks. */
4536 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4537 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4540 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4541 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4543 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4545 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4546 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4547 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4548 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4550 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4551 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4552 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4553 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4557 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4560 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4561 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4565 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4566 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4567 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4569 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4572 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4574 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4575 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4576 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4578 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4579 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4586 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4587 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4588 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4589 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4590 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4591 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4592 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4593 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4594 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4595 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4596 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4597 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4598 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4599 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4606 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4607 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4610 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4614 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4615 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4617 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4618 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4619 size
= max (size
, 1);
4621 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4622 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4623 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4625 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4627 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4633 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4634 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4638 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4640 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4641 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4642 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4646 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4647 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4648 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4651 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4652 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4654 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4655 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4656 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4657 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4659 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4660 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4663 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4664 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4665 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4667 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4671 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4675 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4677 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4681 /************************************************************************
4682 Scroll bars, general
4683 ************************************************************************/
4685 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4686 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4687 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4690 static struct scroll_bar
*
4691 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4693 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4695 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4696 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4697 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4701 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4702 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4703 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4705 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4709 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4710 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4711 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4713 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4714 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4716 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4718 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4720 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4721 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4722 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4723 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4724 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4726 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4728 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4729 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4730 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4732 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4734 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4741 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4743 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4745 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4746 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4747 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4748 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4749 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4750 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4751 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4752 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4754 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4755 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4757 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4758 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4759 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4761 /* Map the window/widget. */
4762 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4765 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4766 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4768 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4769 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4771 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4772 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4773 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4774 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4775 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4777 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4778 max (height
, 1), 0);
4779 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4780 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4782 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4783 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4784 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4791 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4793 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4794 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4795 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4798 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4799 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4800 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4801 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4802 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4804 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4807 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4808 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4812 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4813 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4814 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4815 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4817 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4819 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4820 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4826 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4827 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4828 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4830 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4831 the distance between start and end. */
4833 int length
= end
- start
;
4837 else if (start
> top_range
)
4839 end
= start
+ length
;
4843 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4847 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4848 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4849 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4851 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4852 if (end
> top_range
)
4855 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4856 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4857 that many pixels tall. */
4858 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4860 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4861 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4863 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4864 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4865 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4866 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4867 inside_width
, start
,
4870 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4871 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4872 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4873 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4875 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4876 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4877 /* x, y, width, height */
4878 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4879 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4880 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4882 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4883 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4884 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4885 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4887 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4888 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4889 if (end
< inside_height
)
4890 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4891 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4892 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4893 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4894 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4902 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4904 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4908 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4909 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4911 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4914 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4916 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4917 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4918 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4919 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4921 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4924 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4925 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4931 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4932 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4933 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4937 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4939 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4941 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4942 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4943 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4944 int window_y
, window_height
;
4946 /* Get window dimensions. */
4947 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4949 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4950 height
= window_height
;
4952 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4953 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4955 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4956 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4957 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4958 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4962 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4963 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4964 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4966 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4967 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4971 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4972 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4973 : width
- sb_width
));
4975 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4976 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4981 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4982 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4984 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4987 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4988 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
4992 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
4996 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
4997 unsigned int mask
= 0;
4999 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5003 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5005 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5007 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5009 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5012 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5014 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5017 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5018 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5019 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5020 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5021 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5023 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5024 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5026 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5027 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5029 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5030 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5031 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5033 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5034 max (height
, 1), 0);
5035 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5037 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5039 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5040 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5041 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5043 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5044 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5046 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5047 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5048 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5052 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5053 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5054 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5057 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5058 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5059 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5061 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5062 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5063 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5064 rest
, height
, False
);
5066 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5067 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5071 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5076 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5078 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5080 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5084 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5086 /* Remember new settings. */
5087 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5088 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5089 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5090 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5095 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5096 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5097 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5098 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5100 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5102 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5105 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5108 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5109 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5110 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5113 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5115 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5119 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5120 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5121 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5122 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5123 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5124 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5125 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5127 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5128 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5129 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5132 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5135 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5136 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5139 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5140 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5141 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5142 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5143 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5144 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5145 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5150 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5151 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5154 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5155 struct window
*window
;
5157 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5160 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5161 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5164 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5166 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5167 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5168 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5170 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5172 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5173 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5175 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5176 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5177 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5179 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5180 one or the other! */
5184 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5186 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5187 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5189 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5191 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5192 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5193 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5196 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5197 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5200 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5203 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5205 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5207 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5208 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5209 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5211 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5213 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5215 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5218 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5221 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5222 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5226 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5227 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5228 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5230 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5234 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5235 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5238 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5239 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5240 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5241 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5245 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5247 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5248 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5250 /* x, y, width, height */
5252 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5253 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5258 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5260 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5261 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5263 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5268 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5269 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5271 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5273 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5276 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5277 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5278 emacs_event
->modifiers
5279 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5280 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5281 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5282 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5285 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5286 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5287 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5290 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5292 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5295 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5296 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5299 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5301 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5302 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5303 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5304 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5306 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5308 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5309 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5310 whether or not we're dragging. */
5312 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5314 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5315 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5316 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5319 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5321 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5322 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5324 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5325 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5327 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5328 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5332 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5334 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5336 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5337 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5339 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5341 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5344 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5348 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5350 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5352 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5356 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5357 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5360 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5362 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5365 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5367 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5368 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5370 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5371 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5373 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5375 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5377 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5382 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5384 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5385 on the scroll bar. */
5388 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5390 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5391 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5393 unsigned long *time
;
5395 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5396 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5397 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5399 Window dummy_window
;
5401 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5405 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5407 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5409 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5410 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5411 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5413 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5416 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5423 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5426 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5428 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5430 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5431 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5435 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5439 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5441 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5442 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5443 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5444 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5445 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5446 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5448 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5450 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5451 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5454 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5457 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5463 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5464 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5465 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5469 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5472 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5475 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5476 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5477 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5478 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5479 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5480 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5481 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5482 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5484 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5488 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5491 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5492 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5493 sometimes don't work. */
5495 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5498 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5499 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5500 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5501 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5503 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5504 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5506 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5508 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5509 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5511 static int temp_index
;
5512 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5514 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5515 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5517 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5519 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5520 on a particular display. */
5522 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5524 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5525 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5526 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5527 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5529 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5531 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5534 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5535 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5536 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5537 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5538 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5539 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5543 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5544 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5554 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5555 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5556 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5558 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5560 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5564 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5565 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5568 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5569 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5570 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5573 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5574 event
->xclient
.window
);
5576 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5581 static int current_count
;
5582 static int current_finish
;
5583 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5585 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5586 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5587 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5588 static GdkFilterReturn
5589 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5594 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5596 if (current_count
>= 0)
5598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5600 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5603 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5604 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5605 so we do it here. */
5606 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5607 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5608 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5612 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5616 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5621 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5623 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5624 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5626 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5628 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5631 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5633 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5634 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5635 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5637 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5640 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5641 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5644 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5647 struct input_event ie
;
5648 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5654 struct coding_system coding
;
5655 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5657 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5659 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5660 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5667 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5668 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5669 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5671 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5672 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5674 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5675 could be the shell widget window
5676 if the frame has no title bar. */
5677 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5679 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5680 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5681 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5683 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5684 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5685 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5686 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5687 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5690 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5691 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5692 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5693 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5696 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5697 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5698 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5701 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5702 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5703 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5704 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5705 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5706 /* The ICCCM says this is
5707 the only valid choice. */
5709 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5710 /* This is needed to detect the error
5711 if there is an error. */
5713 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5715 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5720 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5721 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5723 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5724 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5725 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5726 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5727 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5728 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5729 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5730 session manager and one for this. */
5732 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5735 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5736 event
.xclient
.window
);
5737 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5738 for a single Emacs process. */
5739 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5740 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5741 event
.xclient
.window
,
5742 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5744 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5745 event
.xclient
.window
,
5751 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5752 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5754 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5755 event
.xclient
.window
);
5757 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5759 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5760 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5767 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5768 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5773 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5774 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5777 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5779 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5780 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5784 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5791 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5792 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5794 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5795 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5799 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5801 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5802 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5803 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5804 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5806 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5807 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5808 currently never do because we are interested in
5809 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5810 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5811 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5812 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5813 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5817 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5818 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5819 we construct an input_event. */
5820 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5821 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5823 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5824 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5827 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5829 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5834 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5835 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5839 case SelectionNotify
:
5840 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5841 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5843 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5844 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5847 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5848 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5849 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5851 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5853 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5855 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5856 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5857 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5858 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5859 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5863 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5864 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5865 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5867 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5869 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5870 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5872 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5873 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5874 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5875 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5876 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5877 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5878 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5879 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5883 case PropertyNotify
:
5884 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5885 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5886 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5887 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5888 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5892 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5895 case ReparentNotify
:
5896 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5900 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5901 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5905 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5906 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5911 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5914 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5917 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5918 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5919 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5920 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5921 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5924 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5926 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5927 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5928 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5929 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5933 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5934 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5938 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5939 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5941 #if defined USE_LUCID
5942 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5943 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5944 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5947 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5949 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5951 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5953 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5954 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5956 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5957 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5958 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5961 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5965 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5966 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5970 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5971 source area was obscured or not
5973 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5977 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5978 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5979 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5981 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5984 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5987 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5988 source area was completely
5993 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
5994 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
5997 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6000 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6001 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6002 the frame was deleted. */
6004 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6005 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6006 display that won't ever be seen. */
6007 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6008 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6009 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6010 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6011 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6012 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6013 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6014 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6016 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6018 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6019 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6025 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6026 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6027 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6030 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6031 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6032 frame is visible. */
6033 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6036 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6037 the frame's display structures.
6038 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6039 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6040 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6041 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6042 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6043 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6045 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6046 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6047 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6051 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6052 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6054 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6055 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6056 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6057 to update the frame titles
6058 in case this is the second frame. */
6059 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6065 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6067 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6068 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6069 if (popup_activated ())
6073 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6075 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6077 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6078 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6081 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6084 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6085 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6086 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6088 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6090 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6091 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6094 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6098 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6099 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6100 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6103 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6104 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6105 status_return even if the input is too long to
6106 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6107 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6108 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6109 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6110 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6111 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6112 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6114 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6118 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6119 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6120 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6122 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6126 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6127 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6128 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6130 /* This will have to go some day... */
6132 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6133 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6134 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6135 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6136 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6137 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6138 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6140 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6141 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6142 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6143 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6144 not it is combined with Meta. */
6145 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6146 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6151 Status status_return
;
6153 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6154 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6155 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6156 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6158 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6160 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6161 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6162 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6163 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6164 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6167 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6168 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6169 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6170 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6171 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6172 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6173 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6174 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6176 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6178 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6179 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6180 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6183 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6189 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6191 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6196 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6197 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6201 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6202 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6205 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6206 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6210 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6211 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6212 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6215 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6216 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6218 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6219 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6221 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6222 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6224 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6225 translations to characters. */
6226 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6227 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6229 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6230 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6234 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6235 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6236 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6240 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6241 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6242 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6243 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6247 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6248 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6249 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6250 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6251 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6252 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6254 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6255 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6257 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6258 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6259 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6260 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6261 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6262 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6264 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6265 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6267 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6268 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6270 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6271 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6273 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6274 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6276 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6277 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6279 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6280 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6282 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6283 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6285 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6286 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6288 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6289 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6291 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6292 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6294 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6295 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6297 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6298 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6300 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6301 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6303 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6304 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6305 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6306 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6307 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6308 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6310 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6311 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6314 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6316 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6317 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6318 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6319 don't have real modifiers but
6320 should be treated similarly to
6321 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6322 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6323 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6325 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6326 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6330 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6331 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6333 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6334 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6338 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6343 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6344 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6345 we used just above and the locale. */
6346 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6347 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6348 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6349 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6350 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6351 gives us composition information. */
6352 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6354 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6356 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6360 /* Decode the input data. */
6364 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6365 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6366 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6367 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6368 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6369 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6370 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6371 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6372 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6376 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6377 character events. */
6378 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6380 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6381 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6383 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6385 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6386 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6387 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6389 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6392 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6393 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6396 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6398 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6404 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6405 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6414 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6415 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6423 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6425 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6427 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6428 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6431 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6433 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6434 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6436 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6438 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6439 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6442 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6443 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6446 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6447 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6448 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6449 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6453 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6457 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6459 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6462 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6464 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6465 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6466 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6467 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6470 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6471 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6472 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6473 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6474 if (any_help_event_p
)
6480 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6485 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6486 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6489 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6490 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6491 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6493 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6495 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6497 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6498 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6504 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6505 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6509 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6510 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6513 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6514 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6515 will be selected iff it is active. */
6516 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6517 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6518 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6520 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6521 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6526 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6530 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6531 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6532 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6533 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6536 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6537 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6539 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6540 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6541 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6544 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6545 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6546 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6547 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6552 case ConfigureNotify
:
6553 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6556 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6558 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6559 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6560 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6561 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6562 do this one, the right one will come later.
6563 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6564 need to reset it below. */
6566 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6567 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6568 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6569 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6574 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6575 is called by the code that handles resizing
6576 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6578 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6579 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6580 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6581 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6582 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6583 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6584 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6586 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6587 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6588 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6590 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6593 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6594 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6597 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6598 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6599 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6600 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6603 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6604 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6605 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6607 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6608 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6609 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6613 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6614 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6617 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6619 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6620 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6621 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6622 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6630 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6631 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6634 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6636 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6638 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6639 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6641 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6645 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6646 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6647 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6650 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6651 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6653 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6654 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6656 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6657 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6659 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6660 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6661 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6667 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6668 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6670 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6671 if (! popup_activated ())
6674 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6676 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6677 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6679 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6680 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6682 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6683 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6686 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6692 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6693 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6694 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6696 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6697 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6699 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6701 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6702 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6704 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6706 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6707 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6710 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6712 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6713 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6716 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6719 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6721 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6722 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6723 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6727 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6728 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6729 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6730 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6731 Instead, save it away
6732 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6733 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6736 ! popup_activated ()
6739 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6740 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6741 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6742 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6743 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6744 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6745 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6746 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6748 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6749 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6751 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6754 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6756 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6760 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6761 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6762 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6764 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6766 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6767 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6768 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6773 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6776 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6780 case CirculateNotify
:
6783 case CirculateRequest
:
6786 case VisibilityNotify
:
6790 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6792 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6794 case MappingModifier
:
6795 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6796 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6797 case MappingKeyboard
:
6798 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6804 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6806 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6807 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6809 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6814 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6816 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6821 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6826 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6832 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6833 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6834 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6838 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6839 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6849 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6850 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6851 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6853 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6855 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6859 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6860 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6862 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6865 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6871 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6872 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6873 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6875 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6876 thus pretending to be `read'.
6878 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6881 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6884 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6888 int event_found
= 0;
6889 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6891 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6893 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6897 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6900 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6901 input_signal_count
++;
6905 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6906 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6907 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6909 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6911 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6912 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6913 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6914 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6915 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6916 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6919 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6920 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6921 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6922 for X connections. */
6925 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6927 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6928 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6929 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6930 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6932 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6936 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6937 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6939 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6940 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6945 struct input_event inev
;
6947 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6948 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6949 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
6951 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6959 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6963 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6966 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6967 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6972 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6974 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6977 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6982 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6983 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6984 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6985 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
6987 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
6988 from all displays. */
6990 while (gtk_events_pending ())
6992 current_count
= count
;
6993 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
6995 gtk_main_iteration ();
6997 count
= current_count
;
6999 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7001 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7004 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7008 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7009 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7012 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7013 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7014 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7016 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7020 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7021 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7023 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7025 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7026 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7030 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7032 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7033 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7035 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7036 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7048 /***********************************************************************
7050 ***********************************************************************/
7052 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7053 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7055 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7056 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7057 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7060 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7062 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7066 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7067 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7068 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7070 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7072 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7073 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7074 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7075 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7076 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7078 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7082 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7085 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7087 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7089 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7090 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7091 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7094 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7097 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7098 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7099 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7100 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7103 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7104 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7105 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7106 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7108 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7109 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7110 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7111 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7112 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7114 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7115 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7116 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7118 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7119 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7120 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7121 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7125 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7127 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7128 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7129 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7133 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7135 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7137 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7139 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7140 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7142 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7143 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7145 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7146 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7149 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7150 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7151 the bar might not be in the window. */
7152 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7154 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7155 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7156 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7160 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7161 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7162 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7163 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7164 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7167 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7168 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7169 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7170 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7171 that the glyph is legible. */
7172 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7173 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7175 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7176 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7179 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7182 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7183 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7187 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7188 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7190 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7191 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7193 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7194 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7195 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7196 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7197 width
, row
->height
);
7199 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7200 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7201 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7202 row
->height
- width
),
7203 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7206 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7211 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7214 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7218 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7222 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7225 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7227 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7230 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7234 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7237 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7239 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7241 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7244 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7248 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7249 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7251 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7252 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7254 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7255 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7258 switch (cursor_type
)
7260 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7261 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7264 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7265 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7269 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7273 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7277 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7285 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7286 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7287 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7292 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7293 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7300 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7303 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7309 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7312 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7314 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7315 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7320 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7321 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7322 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7324 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7325 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7326 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7330 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7331 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7333 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7334 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7335 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7336 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7339 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7340 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7341 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7342 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7343 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7345 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7348 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7349 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7355 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7356 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7359 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7363 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7369 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7370 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7372 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7373 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7375 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7376 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7377 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7379 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7380 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7381 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7382 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7387 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7389 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7390 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7392 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7394 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7395 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7396 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7399 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7403 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7404 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7405 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7408 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7409 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7412 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7413 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7414 stored in x_error_message_string.
7416 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7417 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7419 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7421 void x_check_errors ();
7422 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7425 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7428 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7430 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7433 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7434 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7435 x_error_message_string
));
7437 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7438 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7443 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7446 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7447 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7449 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7450 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7452 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7453 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7454 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7461 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7465 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7466 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7467 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7470 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7474 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7477 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7478 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7481 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7482 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7485 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7488 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7491 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7494 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7497 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7500 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7503 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7504 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7505 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7506 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7509 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7513 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7517 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7520 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7525 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7526 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7527 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7528 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7529 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7532 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7533 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7536 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7537 must reestablish each time */
7538 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7543 /************************************************************************
7545 ************************************************************************/
7547 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7549 static char *error_msg
;
7551 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7552 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7553 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7556 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7558 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7562 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7563 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7566 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7568 char *error_message
;
7570 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7571 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7574 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7575 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7576 handling_signal
= 0;
7578 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7579 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7580 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7581 the original message here. */
7582 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7584 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7585 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7586 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7588 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7589 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7590 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7592 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7593 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7595 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7596 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7597 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7600 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7601 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7604 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7605 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7606 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7607 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7613 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7616 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7618 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7620 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7621 that are on the dead display. */
7622 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7624 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7626 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7627 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7628 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7629 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7630 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7631 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7634 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7635 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7636 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7637 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7638 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7639 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7641 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7642 trying to find a replacement. */
7643 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7644 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7648 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7650 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7652 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7654 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7655 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7659 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7661 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7663 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7664 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7666 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7667 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7670 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7671 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7672 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7674 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7675 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7678 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7682 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7683 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7685 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7689 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7690 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7691 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7693 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7695 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7696 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7701 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7707 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7708 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7710 static void NO_INLINE
7711 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7715 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7717 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7718 original error handler. */
7720 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7721 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7722 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7723 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7727 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7728 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7729 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7732 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7737 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7738 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7742 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7744 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7745 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7746 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7747 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7750 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7752 register char *fontname
;
7754 struct font_info
*fontp
7755 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7760 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7761 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7762 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7764 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7765 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7766 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7768 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7770 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7771 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7773 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7774 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7775 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7779 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7780 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7783 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7784 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7786 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7787 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7788 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7789 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7790 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7791 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7793 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7794 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7795 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7796 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7797 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7800 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7803 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7804 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7805 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7806 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7809 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7813 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7819 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7820 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7822 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7824 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7826 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7827 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7830 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7831 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7835 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7836 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7839 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7843 /***********************************************************************
7845 ***********************************************************************/
7851 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7852 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7853 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7856 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7858 XPointer client_data
;
7861 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7862 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7866 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7867 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7869 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7870 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7872 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7873 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7877 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7878 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7879 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7883 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7886 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7887 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7890 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7891 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7894 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7895 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7896 char *resource_name
;
7903 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7910 XIMCallback destroy
;
7913 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7914 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7917 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7918 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7919 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7925 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7926 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7930 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7934 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7935 char *resource_name
;
7938 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7939 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7940 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7941 when the callback was registered. */
7944 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
7946 XPointer client_data
;
7949 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7950 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7952 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7956 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7958 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7959 as they have no XIC. */
7960 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7962 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7965 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7967 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7969 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7970 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7972 create_frame_xic (f
);
7973 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7974 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7975 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7977 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7978 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7987 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7990 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7991 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7992 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7993 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7996 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7997 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7998 char *resource_name
;
8003 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8004 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8007 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8008 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8009 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8010 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8011 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8012 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8013 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8014 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8015 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8016 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8017 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8018 least, hence the configure test. */
8019 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8020 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8021 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8022 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8023 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8027 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8028 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8032 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8035 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8036 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8041 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8042 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8043 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8045 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8046 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8047 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8048 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8049 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8050 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8052 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8055 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8059 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8060 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8063 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8066 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8067 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8069 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8070 is already for the top-left corner. */
8071 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8074 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8075 position that fits on the screen. */
8076 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8077 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8078 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8081 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8083 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8084 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8085 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8087 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8088 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8089 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8090 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8093 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8094 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8096 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8099 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8100 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8103 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8104 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8105 so the flags should correspond. */
8106 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8109 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8110 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8111 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8112 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8113 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8116 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8118 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8121 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8123 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8127 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8129 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8131 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8132 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8134 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8137 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8139 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8140 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8142 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8144 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8145 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8146 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8147 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8148 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8151 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8152 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8154 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8155 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8157 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8158 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8159 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8165 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8166 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8168 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8171 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8173 int width
, height
, ign
;
8175 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8177 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8179 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8180 when setting WM manager hints.
8181 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8182 x_check_expected_move. */
8183 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8185 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8186 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8187 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8189 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8190 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8195 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8197 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8198 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8199 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8200 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8202 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8205 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8207 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8208 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8210 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8212 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8213 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8214 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8216 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8217 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8218 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8220 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8221 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8223 /* Just do this once */
8224 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8229 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8230 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8231 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8232 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8235 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8240 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8242 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8243 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8244 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8246 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8247 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8248 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8250 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8252 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8253 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8255 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8256 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8258 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8259 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8260 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8262 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8263 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8264 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8265 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8267 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8268 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8269 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8270 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8271 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8273 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8275 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8276 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8277 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8279 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8280 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8281 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8282 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8283 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8285 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8289 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8290 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8291 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8292 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8295 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8303 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8304 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8306 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8309 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8311 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8312 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8313 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8314 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8315 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8316 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8317 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8318 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8319 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8322 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8324 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8326 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8328 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8330 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8331 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8333 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8334 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8335 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8336 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8337 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8342 /* Mouse warping. */
8345 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8351 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8352 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8354 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8355 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8357 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8358 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8362 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8363 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8367 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8370 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8376 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8377 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8381 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8384 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8387 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8391 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8392 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8393 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8394 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8395 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8404 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8405 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8406 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8407 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8411 /* Raise frame F. */
8417 if (f
->async_visible
)
8420 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8421 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8426 /* Lower frame F. */
8432 if (f
->async_visible
)
8435 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8436 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8442 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8452 /* Change of visibility. */
8454 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8455 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8456 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8457 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8458 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8459 finishes with it. */
8462 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8466 int original_top
, original_left
;
8467 int retry_count
= 2;
8473 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8475 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8477 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8479 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8480 call x_set_offset a second time
8481 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8482 before the window gets really visible. */
8483 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8484 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8485 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8487 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8489 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8490 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8491 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8492 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8493 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8494 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8496 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8497 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8499 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8500 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8501 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8502 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8503 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8504 to come back ok without this. */
8505 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8506 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8510 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8512 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8513 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8514 so that incoming events are handled. */
8518 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8519 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8520 will set it when they are handled. */
8521 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8523 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8524 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8526 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8529 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8531 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8532 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8533 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8534 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8536 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8537 because the window manager may choose the position
8538 and we don't want to override it. */
8540 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8541 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8542 && previously_visible
)
8546 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8550 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8551 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8552 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8553 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8554 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8555 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8556 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8557 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8558 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8560 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8561 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8562 original_left
, original_top
);
8567 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8569 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8570 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8571 MapNotify at all.. */
8572 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8573 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8575 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8578 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8579 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8580 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8581 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8582 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8584 if (input_polling_used ())
8586 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8587 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8588 handler reset it. */
8589 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8590 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8591 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8592 poll_for_input_1 ();
8593 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8596 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8597 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8602 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8606 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8607 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8608 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8609 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8611 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8616 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8618 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8621 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8626 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8627 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8629 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8630 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8631 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8633 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8634 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8640 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8641 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8642 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8643 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8644 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8645 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8648 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8649 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8655 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8656 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8658 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8659 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8661 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8663 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8664 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8668 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8669 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8670 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8671 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8672 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8673 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8675 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8678 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8679 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8683 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8684 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8685 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8688 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8689 just by the event that we get from the server.
8690 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8691 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8692 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8694 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8695 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8696 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8703 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8712 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8713 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8714 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8716 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8721 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8723 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8725 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8728 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8730 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8731 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8733 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8736 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8737 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8743 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8745 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8747 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8748 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8749 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8750 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8751 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8752 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8753 so we have to record it here. */
8756 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8757 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8762 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8763 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8764 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8768 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8770 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8771 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8775 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8777 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8779 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8780 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8781 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8782 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8784 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8785 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8787 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8788 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8792 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8793 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8794 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8795 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8796 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8798 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8799 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8801 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8804 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8805 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8809 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8811 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8813 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8815 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8816 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8819 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8820 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8822 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8824 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8828 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8831 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8834 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8836 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8840 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8841 commands to the X server. */
8842 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8844 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8845 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8847 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8848 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8849 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8850 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8851 toolkit scroll bars. */
8852 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8854 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8855 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8864 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8865 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8867 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8868 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8870 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8871 we are using a toolkit. */
8872 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8873 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8875 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8876 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8879 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8880 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8881 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8883 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8884 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8885 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8887 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8889 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8890 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8891 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8893 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8894 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8895 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8896 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8897 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8898 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8900 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8901 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8902 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8903 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8904 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8905 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8906 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8907 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8908 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8909 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8910 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8911 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8912 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8913 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8914 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8916 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8917 free_frame_faces (f
);
8920 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8923 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8924 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8926 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
8927 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
8929 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
8930 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
8931 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
8932 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8933 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
8934 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8936 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8938 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8939 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8940 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8941 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8942 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8943 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
8944 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8951 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
8954 x_destroy_window (f
)
8957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8959 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8960 commands to the X server. */
8961 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
8962 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
8964 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8968 /* Setting window manager hints. */
8970 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
8971 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
8972 that the window now has.
8973 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
8974 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
8975 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
8979 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
8984 XSizeHints size_hints
;
8986 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8989 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
8992 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8994 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
8995 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
8997 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
8998 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9000 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9001 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9002 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9003 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9004 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9005 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9006 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9007 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9008 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9009 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9011 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9012 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9013 size_hints
.max_width
9014 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9015 size_hints
.max_height
9016 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9018 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9020 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9021 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9022 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9024 int base_width
, base_height
;
9025 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9027 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9028 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9030 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9032 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9033 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9034 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9035 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9036 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9038 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9039 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9040 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9043 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9044 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9045 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9046 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9047 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9049 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9050 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9054 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9057 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9060 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9063 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9064 long supplied_return
;
9068 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9071 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9074 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9075 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9076 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9077 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9078 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9082 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9087 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9088 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9089 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9090 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9091 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9092 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9093 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9094 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9098 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9103 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9104 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9108 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9109 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9111 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9114 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9116 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9119 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9121 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9124 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9128 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9131 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9132 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9133 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9134 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9136 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9137 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9139 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9140 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9144 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9148 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9150 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9151 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9156 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9157 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9158 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9159 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9163 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9164 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9165 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9166 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9167 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9168 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9169 best to explicitly give up. */
9171 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9172 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9181 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9185 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9189 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9190 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9191 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9192 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9195 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9197 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9198 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9200 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9204 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9208 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9211 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9212 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9214 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9218 /***********************************************************************
9220 ***********************************************************************/
9222 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9225 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9229 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9233 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9235 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9238 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9240 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9241 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9242 on how many fonts to match. */
9245 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9247 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9251 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9252 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9253 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9254 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9255 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9256 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9258 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9262 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9266 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9267 if (NILP (patterns
))
9268 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9270 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9271 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9272 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9274 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9277 char **names
= NULL
;
9279 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9280 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9281 The cache is an alist of the form:
9282 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9283 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9284 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9285 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9286 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9289 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9290 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9294 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9297 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9299 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9302 unsigned long value
;
9304 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9305 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9307 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9308 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9310 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9314 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9316 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9317 int len
= strlen (name
);
9320 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9321 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9322 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9324 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9328 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9329 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9331 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9332 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9337 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9340 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9343 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9345 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9346 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9353 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9354 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9357 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9366 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9369 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9371 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9372 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9374 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9378 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9385 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9386 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9387 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9391 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9393 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9394 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9395 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9396 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9397 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9398 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9403 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9405 else if (dashes
== 9)
9407 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9408 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9411 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9412 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9414 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9415 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9417 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9418 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9419 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9421 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9422 width of this font. */
9423 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9425 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9426 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9431 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9434 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9439 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9440 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9441 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9444 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9446 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9447 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9448 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9454 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9458 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9462 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9464 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9465 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9466 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9469 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9470 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9471 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9472 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9474 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9475 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9477 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9479 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9485 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9487 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9489 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9493 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9494 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9495 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9496 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9499 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9500 if (found_size
== size
)
9501 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9502 else if (found_size
> 0)
9504 if (NILP (second_best
))
9506 else if (found_size
< size
)
9508 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9509 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9514 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9515 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9520 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9522 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9524 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9535 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9539 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9544 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9546 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9548 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9549 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9550 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9553 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9556 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9558 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9559 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9560 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9561 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9562 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9565 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9569 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9570 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9572 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9573 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9574 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9576 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9580 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9581 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9582 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9583 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9584 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9587 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9591 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9593 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9594 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9596 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9597 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9599 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9600 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9602 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9605 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9606 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9607 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9609 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9610 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9613 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9614 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9616 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9617 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9618 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9622 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9623 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9624 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9625 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9628 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9630 register char *fontname
;
9633 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9634 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9637 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9638 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9639 we already have by comparing names. */
9640 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9642 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9647 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9648 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9649 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9650 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9651 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9652 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9653 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9654 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9657 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9661 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9662 unsigned long value
;
9665 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9666 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9667 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9668 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9669 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9670 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9671 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9674 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9675 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9676 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9678 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9679 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9681 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9683 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9688 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9689 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9690 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9693 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9694 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9695 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9698 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9699 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9701 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9704 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9705 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9708 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9710 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9712 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9713 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9714 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9716 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9718 /* Fixed width font. */
9719 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9726 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9727 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9729 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9731 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9733 fontp
->average_width
9734 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9735 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9736 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9737 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9738 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9742 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9743 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9744 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9745 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9746 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9749 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9753 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9755 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9757 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9761 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9762 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9764 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9775 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9776 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9783 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9785 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9787 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9788 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9790 if (NILP (font_names
))
9792 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9793 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9794 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9795 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9796 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9797 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9800 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9802 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9803 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9805 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9808 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9810 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9812 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9813 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9815 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9819 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9820 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9821 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9822 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9823 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9824 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9825 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9826 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9828 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9830 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9831 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9832 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9833 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9834 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9836 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9837 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9838 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9839 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9840 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9841 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9842 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9843 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9844 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9845 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9846 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9847 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9848 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9850 fontp
->baseline_offset
9851 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9852 ? (long) value
: 0);
9853 fontp
->relative_compose
9854 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9855 ? (long) value
: 0);
9856 fontp
->default_ascent
9857 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9858 ? (long) value
: 0);
9860 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9861 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9862 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9863 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9864 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9865 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9872 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9873 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9876 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9878 register char *fontname
;
9880 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9883 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9884 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9885 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9886 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9887 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9892 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9893 `encoder' of the structure. */
9896 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9897 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9899 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9902 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9906 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9907 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9909 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9916 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9917 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9919 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9922 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9928 /***********************************************************************
9930 ***********************************************************************/
9932 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9933 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9934 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9935 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9937 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9938 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9939 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9941 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9942 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9943 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9944 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9945 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9946 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9947 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9949 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9951 static int x_initialized
;
9954 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9955 the screen number from the server number. */
9957 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9958 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9961 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9962 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9963 int length_until_period
= 0;
9965 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9966 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9967 length_until_period
++;
9969 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9970 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9972 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9974 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9975 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9976 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9977 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9978 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9979 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9980 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9981 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9982 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9983 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9984 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9985 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9986 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9987 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9989 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9993 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9997 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9998 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10002 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10003 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10006 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10007 unsigned long mask
;
10014 while (!(mask
& 1))
10030 struct x_display_info
*
10031 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10032 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10034 char *resource_name
;
10038 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10043 if (!x_initialized
)
10051 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10053 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10054 char **argv2
= argv
;
10057 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10059 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10060 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10061 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10062 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10063 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10067 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10071 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10073 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10075 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10076 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10079 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10080 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10083 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10086 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10088 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10092 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10094 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10095 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10097 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10099 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10100 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10101 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10103 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10104 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10105 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10107 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10108 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10113 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10114 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10117 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10118 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10119 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10121 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10122 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10123 So let's not use it until R6. */
10124 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10125 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10136 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10137 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10139 turn_on_atimers (0);
10140 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10141 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10142 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10144 turn_on_atimers (1);
10146 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10147 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10152 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10154 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10156 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10157 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10158 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10160 /* Detect failure. */
10167 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10169 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10170 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10172 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10174 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10177 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10178 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10179 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10180 SDATA (display_name
)))
10183 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10186 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10187 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10188 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10190 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10192 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10193 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10194 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10198 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10199 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10200 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10201 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10202 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10203 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10204 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10206 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10210 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10211 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10212 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10214 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10215 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10216 x_display_name_list
);
10217 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10219 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10222 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10226 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10227 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10229 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10230 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10232 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10233 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10235 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10237 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10238 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10239 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10241 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10242 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10244 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10245 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10246 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10247 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10249 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10251 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10253 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10255 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10256 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10257 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10258 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10259 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10260 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10261 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10262 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10263 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10264 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10265 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10266 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10267 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10268 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10269 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10270 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10271 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10272 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10273 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10274 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10275 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10276 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10277 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10278 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10279 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10280 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10281 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10282 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10283 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10284 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10285 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10286 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10287 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10289 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10290 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10291 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10293 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10295 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10296 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10297 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10298 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10299 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10300 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10303 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10304 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10306 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10309 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10310 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10311 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10313 if (STRINGP (value
)
10314 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10315 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10316 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10320 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10321 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10324 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10325 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10326 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10327 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10328 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10329 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10330 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10331 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10332 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10335 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10336 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10337 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10338 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10339 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10340 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10342 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10344 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10346 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10347 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10348 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10350 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10352 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10353 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10354 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10355 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10356 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10358 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10360 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10362 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10364 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10366 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10368 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10370 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10371 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10372 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10374 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10376 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10377 /* For properties of font. */
10378 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10379 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10381 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10389 /* Ghostscript support. */
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10391 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10393 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10396 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10398 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10399 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10404 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10406 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10407 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10408 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10413 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10414 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10416 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10418 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10419 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10423 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10426 #ifdef subprocesses
10427 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10428 if (connection
!= 0)
10429 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10432 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10434 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10435 /* stdin is a socket here */
10436 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10437 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10438 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10439 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10440 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10441 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10444 if (interrupt_input
)
10445 init_sigio (connection
);
10446 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10449 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10450 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10451 so that Xt does not crash. */
10453 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10454 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10458 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10459 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10460 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10461 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10462 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10463 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10464 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10465 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10467 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10468 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10469 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10474 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10475 for debugging X code. */
10478 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10479 build_string ("synchronous"),
10480 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10482 if (STRINGP (value
)
10483 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10484 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10485 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10490 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10491 build_string ("useXIM"),
10492 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10495 if (STRINGP (value
)
10496 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10497 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10500 if (STRINGP (value
)
10501 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10502 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10508 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10509 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10510 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10518 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10519 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10522 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10523 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10527 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10529 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10530 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10531 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10532 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10533 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10538 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10539 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10541 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10543 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10546 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10550 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10551 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10553 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10554 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10557 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10559 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10560 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10561 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10564 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10565 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10566 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10569 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10570 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10571 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10575 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10578 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10579 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10580 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10582 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10583 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10584 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10587 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10588 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10590 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10591 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10592 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10596 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10598 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10599 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10600 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10601 that slows us down. */
10604 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10605 struct atimer
*timer
;
10607 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10610 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10611 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10616 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10619 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10621 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10623 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10625 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10629 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10631 x_after_update_window_line
,
10632 x_update_window_begin
,
10633 x_update_window_end
,
10639 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10641 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10642 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10643 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10644 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10645 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10646 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10649 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10650 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10651 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10652 x_clear_frame_area
,
10653 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10654 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10655 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10661 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10663 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10664 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10665 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10666 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10667 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10668 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10669 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10670 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10671 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10672 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10673 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10674 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10675 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10676 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10677 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10678 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10679 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10680 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10682 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10683 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10684 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10685 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10686 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10691 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10692 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10693 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10696 current_count
= -1;
10699 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10700 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10702 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10703 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10705 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10707 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10708 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10709 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10710 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10711 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10712 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10713 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10715 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10717 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10718 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10719 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10720 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10721 widgets don't behave normally. */
10723 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10724 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10725 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10729 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10731 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10732 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10736 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10737 original error handler. */
10738 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10739 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10741 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10743 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10744 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10746 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10753 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10754 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10756 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10757 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10759 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10760 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10762 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10763 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10765 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10766 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10767 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10768 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10770 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10771 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10773 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10774 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10775 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10776 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10777 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10778 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10779 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10781 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10782 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10783 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10784 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10785 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10786 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10787 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10788 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10789 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10791 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10792 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10793 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10794 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10795 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10797 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10798 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10799 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10801 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10803 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10806 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10809 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10810 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10812 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10813 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10814 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10815 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10816 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10817 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10818 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10819 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10820 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10822 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10823 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10824 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10825 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10826 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10827 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10829 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10830 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10831 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10832 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10833 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10834 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10836 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10837 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10838 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10839 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10840 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10841 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10843 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10844 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10845 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10846 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10847 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10848 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10850 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10851 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10852 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10853 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10854 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10858 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10860 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10861 (do not change this comment) */